* ldmisc.c (vfinfo <%S>): Use same type and avoid cast for
[binutils.git] / bfd / elf32-sh.c
blob780a3bf6b0fd898b52b0a04dfa0631633db848c5
1 /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
3 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 #include "sysdep.h"
24 #include "bfd.h"
25 #include "bfdlink.h"
26 #include "libbfd.h"
27 #include "elf-bfd.h"
28 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
29 #include "elf/sh.h"
30 #include "dwarf2.h"
31 #include "libiberty.h"
32 #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
34 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
35 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
36 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
37 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
38 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
39 (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
40 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
41 (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
42 #ifndef SH64_ELF
43 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
44 (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
45 #endif
46 static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
47 (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
48 static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
49 (struct bfd_link_info *);
50 static bfd_vma tpoff
51 (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
53 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
54 section. */
56 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
58 /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack. */
59 #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
61 #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
63 /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
64 not. If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
65 its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker. */
66 #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
67 (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
68 || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
70 #define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
71 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
72 #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
73 static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
75 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
78 #define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
79 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
80 #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
81 static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
83 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
86 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object. */
88 static bfd_boolean
89 vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
91 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
92 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec;
93 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec;
95 return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
96 || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec);
97 #else
98 return FALSE;
99 #endif
102 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object. */
104 static bfd_boolean
105 fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
107 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
108 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shfd_vec;
109 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec;
111 return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
112 || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec);
113 #else
114 return FALSE;
115 #endif
118 /* Return the howto table for ABFD. */
120 static reloc_howto_type *
121 get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
123 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
124 return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
125 return sh_elf_howto_table;
128 static bfd_reloc_status_type
129 sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
130 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
131 bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
132 bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
134 static bfd_vma last_addr;
135 static asection *last_symbol_section;
136 bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
137 int diff, cum_diff;
138 bfd_signed_vma x;
139 int insn;
141 /* Sanity check the address. */
142 if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
143 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
145 /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
146 although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards. */
147 if (! last_addr)
149 last_addr = addr;
150 last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
151 return bfd_reloc_ok;
153 if (last_addr != addr)
154 abort ();
155 last_addr = 0;
157 if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
158 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
160 /* Get the symbol_section contents. */
161 if (symbol_section != input_section)
163 if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
164 contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
165 else
167 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
168 &contents))
170 if (contents != NULL)
171 free (contents);
172 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
176 #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
177 start_ptr = contents + start;
178 for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
180 for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
181 ptr -= 2;
182 ptr += 2;
183 diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
184 cum_diff += diff & 1;
185 cum_diff += diff;
187 /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
188 so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
189 addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing. */
190 if (cum_diff >= 0)
192 start -= 4;
193 end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
195 else
197 bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
199 while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
200 start0 -= 2;
201 start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
202 start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
203 end = start0;
206 if (contents != NULL
207 && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
208 free (contents);
210 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
212 x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
213 if (input_section != symbol_section)
214 x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
215 - (input_section->output_section->vma
216 + input_section->output_offset));
217 x >>= 1;
218 if (x < -128 || x > 127)
219 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
221 x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
222 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
224 return bfd_reloc_ok;
227 /* This function is used for normal relocs. This used to be like the COFF
228 function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets. */
230 static bfd_reloc_status_type
231 sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
232 void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
233 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
235 unsigned long insn;
236 bfd_vma sym_value;
237 enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
238 bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
239 bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
241 r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
243 if (output_bfd != NULL)
245 /* Partial linking--do nothing. */
246 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
247 return bfd_reloc_ok;
250 /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing. If any work must be
251 done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section. */
252 if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
253 return bfd_reloc_ok;
255 if (symbol_in != NULL
256 && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
257 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
259 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
260 sym_value = 0;
261 else
262 sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
263 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
264 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
266 switch (r_type)
268 case R_SH_DIR32:
269 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
270 insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
271 bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
272 break;
273 case R_SH_IND12W:
274 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
275 sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
276 sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
277 + input_section->output_offset
278 + addr
279 + 4);
280 sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
281 if (insn & 0x800)
282 sym_value -= 0x1000;
283 insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
284 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
285 if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
286 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
287 break;
288 default:
289 abort ();
290 break;
293 return bfd_reloc_ok;
296 /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
297 which the linker should otherwise ignore. */
299 static bfd_reloc_status_type
300 sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
301 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
302 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
303 bfd *output_bfd,
304 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
306 if (output_bfd != NULL)
307 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
308 return bfd_reloc_ok;
311 /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
313 struct elf_reloc_map
315 bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
316 unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
319 /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
321 static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
323 { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
324 { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
325 { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
326 { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
327 { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
328 { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
329 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
330 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
331 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
332 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
333 { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
334 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
335 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
336 { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
337 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
338 { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
339 { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
340 { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
341 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
342 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
343 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
344 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
345 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
346 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
347 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
348 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
349 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
350 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
351 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
352 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
353 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
354 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
355 { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
356 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
357 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
358 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
359 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
360 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
361 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
362 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
363 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
364 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
365 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
366 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
367 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
368 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
369 { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
370 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
371 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
372 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
373 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
374 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
375 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
376 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
377 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
378 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
379 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
380 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
381 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
382 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
383 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
384 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
385 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
386 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
387 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
388 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
389 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
390 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
391 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
392 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
393 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
394 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
395 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
396 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
397 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
398 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
399 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
400 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
401 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
402 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
403 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
404 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
405 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
406 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
407 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
408 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
409 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
410 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
411 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
412 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
413 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
414 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
415 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
416 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
417 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
418 { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
419 { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
420 #endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
423 /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
424 corresponding SH ELF reloc. */
426 static reloc_howto_type *
427 sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
429 unsigned int i;
431 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
433 if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
434 return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
437 return NULL;
440 static reloc_howto_type *
441 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
443 unsigned int i;
445 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
447 for (i = 0;
448 i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
449 / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
450 i++)
451 if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
452 && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
453 return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
455 else
457 for (i = 0;
458 i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
459 / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
460 i++)
461 if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
462 && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
463 return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
466 return NULL;
469 /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent. */
471 static void
472 sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
474 unsigned int r;
476 r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
478 BFD_ASSERT (r < (unsigned int) R_SH_max);
479 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC);
480 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2);
481 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3);
482 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4);
483 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5);
484 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6);
486 cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
489 /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF. See the corresponding
490 function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does. FIXME:
491 There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
492 specific code. The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
493 into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
494 could be eliminated somehow. Note in particular that although both
495 functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
496 values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
497 they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h. */
499 static bfd_boolean
500 sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
501 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
503 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
504 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
505 bfd_boolean have_code;
506 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
507 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
508 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
510 *again = FALSE;
512 if (link_info->relocatable
513 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
514 || sec->reloc_count == 0)
515 return TRUE;
517 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
518 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
519 & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
521 return TRUE;
523 #endif
525 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
527 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
528 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
529 link_info->keep_memory));
530 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
531 goto error_return;
533 have_code = FALSE;
535 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
536 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
538 bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
539 unsigned short insn;
540 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
541 bfd_signed_vma foff;
543 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
544 have_code = TRUE;
546 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
547 continue;
549 /* Get the section contents. */
550 if (contents == NULL)
552 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
553 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
554 else
556 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
557 goto error_return;
561 /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
562 the register load. The 4 is because the r_addend field is
563 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
564 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction. */
565 laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
566 if (laddr >= sec->size)
568 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
569 abfd,
570 (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
571 continue;
573 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
575 /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
576 do. */
577 if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
579 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
580 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
581 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn));
582 continue;
585 /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded. The
586 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled. It is a
587 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
588 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
589 of the PC are cleared. We assume that the section is aligned
590 on a four byte boundary. */
591 paddr = insn & 0xff;
592 paddr *= 4;
593 paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
594 if (paddr >= sec->size)
596 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
597 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
598 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
599 continue;
602 /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
603 being loaded. This reloc will tell us which function is
604 actually being called. */
605 for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
606 if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
607 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
608 break;
609 if (irelfn >= irelend)
611 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
612 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
613 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
614 continue;
617 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
618 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
620 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
621 if (isymbuf == NULL)
622 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
623 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
624 NULL, NULL, NULL);
625 if (isymbuf == NULL)
626 goto error_return;
629 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
630 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
632 /* A local symbol. */
633 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
635 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
636 if (isym->st_shndx
637 != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
639 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
640 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
641 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
642 continue;
645 symval = (isym->st_value
646 + sec->output_section->vma
647 + sec->output_offset);
649 else
651 unsigned long indx;
652 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
654 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
655 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
656 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
657 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
658 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
660 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
661 symbol. Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
662 regular reloc processing. */
663 continue;
666 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
667 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
668 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
671 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
672 symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
673 else
674 symval += irelfn->r_addend;
676 /* See if this function call can be shortened. */
677 foff = (symval
678 - (irel->r_offset
679 + sec->output_section->vma
680 + sec->output_offset
681 + 4));
682 /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
683 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
684 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
685 that. */
686 if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
688 /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call. */
689 continue;
692 /* Shorten the function call. */
694 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
695 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table. We
696 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
697 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
698 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
699 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
700 the linker is run. */
702 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
703 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
704 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
706 /* Replace the jsr with a bsr. */
708 /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
709 replace the jsr with a bsr. */
710 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
711 /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
712 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
713 not if the symbol is in a different section. Besides, we need
714 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
715 the value of the symbol is not available. */
717 /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
718 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing. We let
719 the final link phase handle it. */
720 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
722 irel->r_addend = -4;
724 /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
725 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above). However,
726 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
727 have to add it to the addend to preserve it. */
728 irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
730 /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
731 register load. */
732 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
733 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
734 && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
735 break;
736 if (irelscan < irelend)
738 /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
739 and we have not yet converted that function call.
740 Indeed, we may never be able to convert it. There is
741 nothing else we can do at this point. */
742 continue;
745 /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
746 function address is stored. Do this before deleting any
747 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address. */
748 for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
749 if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
750 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
751 break;
753 /* Delete the register load. */
754 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
755 goto error_return;
757 /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
758 other function call to come within range, we should relax
759 again. Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
760 *again = TRUE;
762 /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc. */
763 if (irelcount >= irelend)
765 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
766 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
767 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
768 continue;
771 /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field. We've
772 just deleted one. */
773 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
775 ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"),
776 abfd,
777 (unsigned long) paddr));
778 continue;
781 --irelcount->r_addend;
783 /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address. Reload
784 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
785 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes. */
786 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
788 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
789 goto error_return;
792 /* We've done all we can with that function call. */
795 /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
796 byte boundaries. */
797 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
798 && have_code)
800 bfd_boolean swapped;
802 /* Get the section contents. */
803 if (contents == NULL)
805 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
806 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
807 else
809 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
810 goto error_return;
814 if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
815 &swapped))
816 goto error_return;
818 if (swapped)
820 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
821 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
822 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
826 if (isymbuf != NULL
827 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
829 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
830 free (isymbuf);
831 else
833 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
834 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
838 if (contents != NULL
839 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
841 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
842 free (contents);
843 else
845 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
846 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
850 if (internal_relocs != NULL
851 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
852 free (internal_relocs);
854 return TRUE;
856 error_return:
857 if (isymbuf != NULL
858 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
859 free (isymbuf);
860 if (contents != NULL
861 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
862 free (contents);
863 if (internal_relocs != NULL
864 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
865 free (internal_relocs);
867 return FALSE;
870 /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing. FIXME: There is a
871 lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
872 in coff-sh.c. */
874 static bfd_boolean
875 sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
876 int count)
878 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
879 unsigned int sec_shndx;
880 bfd_byte *contents;
881 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
882 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
883 bfd_vma toaddr;
884 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
885 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
886 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
887 unsigned int symcount;
888 asection *o;
890 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
891 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
893 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
895 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
897 /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
898 power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting. */
900 irelalign = NULL;
901 toaddr = sec->size;
903 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
904 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
905 for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
907 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
908 && irel->r_offset > addr
909 && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
911 irelalign = irel;
912 toaddr = irel->r_offset;
913 break;
917 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
918 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
919 (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
920 if (irelalign == NULL)
921 sec->size -= count;
922 else
924 int i;
926 #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
928 BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
929 for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
930 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
933 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
934 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
936 bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
937 bfd_vma start = 0;
938 int insn = 0;
939 int off, adjust, oinsn;
940 bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
941 bfd_boolean overflow;
943 /* Get the new reloc address. */
944 nraddr = irel->r_offset;
945 if ((irel->r_offset > addr
946 && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
947 || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
948 && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
949 nraddr -= count;
951 /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
952 case we no longer care about it. Don't delete relocs which
953 represent addresses, though. */
954 if (irel->r_offset >= addr
955 && irel->r_offset < addr + count
956 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
957 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
958 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
959 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
960 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
961 (int) R_SH_NONE);
963 /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
964 includes the bytes we have deleted. */
965 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
967 default:
968 break;
970 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
971 case R_SH_IND12W:
972 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
973 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
974 start = irel->r_offset;
975 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
976 break;
979 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
981 default:
982 start = stop = addr;
983 break;
985 case R_SH_DIR32:
986 /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
987 section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
988 must check the addend to see it will put the value in
989 range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed. */
990 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
992 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
993 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
994 && (isym->st_value <= addr
995 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
997 bfd_vma val;
999 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
1001 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1002 val += isym->st_value;
1003 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1004 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
1006 else
1008 val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
1009 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1010 irel->r_addend -= count;
1014 start = stop = addr;
1015 break;
1017 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1018 off = insn & 0xff;
1019 if (off & 0x80)
1020 off -= 0x100;
1021 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1022 break;
1024 case R_SH_IND12W:
1025 off = insn & 0xfff;
1026 if (! off)
1028 /* This has been made by previous relaxation. Since the
1029 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
1030 final relocation will just do the right thing. */
1031 start = stop = addr;
1033 else
1035 if (off & 0x800)
1036 off -= 0x1000;
1037 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1039 /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1040 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1041 start of the section.
1042 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1043 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1044 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4. */
1045 if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1046 irel->r_addend -= count;
1048 break;
1050 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1051 off = insn & 0xff;
1052 stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1053 break;
1055 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1056 off = insn & 0xff;
1057 stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1058 break;
1060 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1061 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1062 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1063 /* These relocs types represent
1064 .word L2-L1
1065 The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1066 address and L1. That is the start of the reloc, and
1067 adding in the contents gives us the top. We must adjust
1068 both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1069 N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1070 and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr. */
1072 stop = irel->r_offset;
1073 start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1075 if (start > addr
1076 && start < toaddr
1077 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1078 irel->r_addend += count;
1079 else if (stop > addr
1080 && stop < toaddr
1081 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1082 irel->r_addend -= count;
1084 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1085 voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1086 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1087 voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1088 else
1089 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1090 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1092 break;
1094 case R_SH_USES:
1095 start = irel->r_offset;
1096 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1097 + (long) irel->r_addend
1098 + 4);
1099 break;
1102 if (start > addr
1103 && start < toaddr
1104 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1105 adjust = count;
1106 else if (stop > addr
1107 && stop < toaddr
1108 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1109 adjust = - count;
1110 else
1111 adjust = 0;
1113 if (adjust != 0)
1115 oinsn = insn;
1116 overflow = FALSE;
1117 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1119 default:
1120 abort ();
1121 break;
1123 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1124 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1125 insn += adjust / 2;
1126 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1127 overflow = TRUE;
1128 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1129 break;
1131 case R_SH_IND12W:
1132 insn += adjust / 2;
1133 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1134 overflow = TRUE;
1135 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1136 break;
1138 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1139 BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1140 if (count >= 4)
1141 insn += adjust / 4;
1142 else
1144 if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1145 ++insn;
1147 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1148 overflow = TRUE;
1149 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1150 break;
1152 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1153 voff += adjust;
1154 if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1155 overflow = TRUE;
1156 bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1157 break;
1159 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1160 voff += adjust;
1161 if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1162 overflow = TRUE;
1163 bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1164 break;
1166 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1167 voff += adjust;
1168 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1169 break;
1171 case R_SH_USES:
1172 irel->r_addend += adjust;
1173 break;
1176 if (overflow)
1178 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1179 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1180 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1181 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1182 return FALSE;
1186 irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1189 /* Look through all the other sections. If there contain any IMM32
1190 relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1191 below, we may need to adjust the addends. */
1192 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1194 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1195 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1196 bfd_byte *ocontents;
1198 if (o == sec
1199 || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1200 || o->reloc_count == 0)
1201 continue;
1203 /* We always cache the relocs. Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1204 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1205 leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1206 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1207 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
1208 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1209 return FALSE;
1211 ocontents = NULL;
1212 irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1213 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1215 /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs. */
1216 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1218 bfd_vma start, stop;
1219 bfd_signed_vma voff;
1221 if (ocontents == NULL)
1223 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1224 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1225 else
1227 /* We always cache the section contents.
1228 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1229 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1230 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1231 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1233 if (ocontents != NULL)
1234 free (ocontents);
1235 return FALSE;
1238 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1242 stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1243 start
1244 = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1246 /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change. */
1247 if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1248 irelscan->r_addend += count;
1250 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1251 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1253 if (start > addr
1254 && start < toaddr
1255 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1256 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1257 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1258 else if (stop > addr
1259 && stop < toaddr
1260 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1261 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1262 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1265 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1266 continue;
1268 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1269 continue;
1272 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1273 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1274 && (isym->st_value <= addr
1275 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1277 bfd_vma val;
1279 if (ocontents == NULL)
1281 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1282 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1283 else
1285 /* We always cache the section contents.
1286 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1287 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1288 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1289 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1291 if (ocontents != NULL)
1292 free (ocontents);
1293 return FALSE;
1296 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1300 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1301 val += isym->st_value;
1302 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1303 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1304 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1309 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
1310 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1311 for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1313 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1314 && isym->st_value > addr
1315 && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1316 isym->st_value -= count;
1319 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
1320 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1321 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1322 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1323 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1324 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1326 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1327 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1328 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1329 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1330 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1331 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1333 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1337 /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward. We have adjusted
1338 r_offset for it already. */
1339 if (irelalign != NULL)
1341 bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1343 alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1344 alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1345 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1346 if (alignto != alignaddr)
1348 /* Tail recursion. */
1349 return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1350 (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1354 return TRUE;
1357 /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1358 boundaries. This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c. */
1360 static bfd_boolean
1361 sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1362 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1363 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1364 bfd_boolean *pswapped)
1366 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1367 bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1368 bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1369 bfd_size_type amt;
1371 *pswapped = FALSE;
1373 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1375 /* Get all the addresses with labels on them. */
1376 amt = sec->reloc_count;
1377 amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1378 labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1379 if (labels == NULL)
1380 goto error_return;
1381 label_end = labels;
1382 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1384 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1386 *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1387 ++label_end;
1391 /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1392 address order. If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1393 the label values and the relocs. */
1395 label = labels;
1397 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1399 bfd_vma start, stop;
1401 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1402 continue;
1404 start = irel->r_offset;
1406 for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1407 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1408 break;
1409 if (irel < irelend)
1410 stop = irel->r_offset;
1411 else
1412 stop = sec->size;
1414 if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1415 internal_relocs, &label,
1416 label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1417 goto error_return;
1420 free (labels);
1422 return TRUE;
1424 error_return:
1425 if (labels != NULL)
1426 free (labels);
1427 return FALSE;
1430 #ifndef SH64_ELF
1431 /* Swap two SH instructions. This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c. */
1433 static bfd_boolean
1434 sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1435 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1437 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1438 unsigned short i1, i2;
1439 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1441 /* Swap the instructions themselves. */
1442 i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1443 i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1444 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1445 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1447 /* Adjust all reloc addresses. */
1448 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1449 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1451 enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1452 int add;
1454 /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1455 adjust. These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1456 but are only associated with the address. */
1457 type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1458 if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1459 || type == R_SH_CODE
1460 || type == R_SH_DATA
1461 || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1462 continue;
1464 /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1465 swapped, we must adjust it. It would be incorrect to do this
1466 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1467 instructions after the jump. (We have avoided swapping
1468 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1469 instruction it shouldn't). */
1470 if (type == R_SH_USES)
1472 bfd_vma off;
1474 off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1475 if (off == addr)
1476 irel->r_offset += 2;
1477 else if (off == addr + 2)
1478 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1481 if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1483 irel->r_offset += 2;
1484 add = -2;
1486 else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1488 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1489 add = 2;
1491 else
1492 add = 0;
1494 if (add != 0)
1496 bfd_byte *loc;
1497 unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1498 bfd_boolean overflow;
1500 loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1501 overflow = FALSE;
1502 switch (type)
1504 default:
1505 break;
1507 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1508 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1509 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1510 oinsn = insn;
1511 insn += add / 2;
1512 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1513 overflow = TRUE;
1514 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1515 break;
1517 case R_SH_IND12W:
1518 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1519 oinsn = insn;
1520 insn += add / 2;
1521 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1522 overflow = TRUE;
1523 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1524 break;
1526 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1527 /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1528 the program counter before adding in the offset.
1529 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1530 swap will not affect the offset. If ADDR is an at an
1531 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1532 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted. */
1533 if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1535 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1536 oinsn = insn;
1537 insn += add / 2;
1538 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1539 overflow = TRUE;
1540 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1543 break;
1546 if (overflow)
1548 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1549 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1550 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1551 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1552 return FALSE;
1557 return TRUE;
1559 #endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
1561 /* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
1563 struct elf_sh_plt_info
1565 /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1566 first entry. */
1567 const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1569 /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL. */
1570 bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1572 /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1573 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4. The value is MINUS_ONE
1574 if there is no such pointer. */
1575 bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1577 /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
1578 const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1580 /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes. */
1581 bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1583 /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY. Not all fields are used
1584 on all targets. The comments by each member indicate the value
1585 that the field must hold. */
1586 struct {
1587 bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1588 bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1589 bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1590 bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
1591 instruction (instead of a constant pool
1592 entry). */
1593 } symbol_fields;
1595 /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY. */
1596 bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1598 /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1599 MAX_SHORT_PLT entries. It must share the same plt0. NULL in
1600 other cases. */
1601 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1604 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
1606 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1608 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
1610 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1612 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1614 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1615 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1616 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1617 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1618 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1619 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1620 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1621 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1622 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1623 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1624 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1625 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1626 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1627 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1628 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1629 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1632 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1634 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1635 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1636 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1637 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1638 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1639 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1640 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1641 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1642 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1643 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1644 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1645 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1646 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1647 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1648 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1649 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1652 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1653 this. */
1655 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1657 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1658 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1659 0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1660 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1661 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1662 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1663 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1664 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1665 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1666 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1667 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1668 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1669 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1670 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1671 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1672 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1675 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1677 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1678 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1679 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1680 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1681 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1682 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1683 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1684 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1685 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1686 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1687 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1688 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1689 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1690 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1691 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1692 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1695 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1697 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1699 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1700 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1701 0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1702 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1703 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1704 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1705 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1706 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1707 0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1708 0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1709 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1710 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1711 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1712 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1713 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1714 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1717 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1719 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1720 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1721 0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1722 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1723 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1724 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1725 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1726 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1727 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1728 0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1729 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1730 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1731 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1732 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1733 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1734 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1737 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1740 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1741 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1742 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1743 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1744 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1745 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1746 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1747 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1748 NULL
1751 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1752 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1753 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1754 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1755 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1756 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1757 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1758 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1759 NULL
1764 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1765 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1766 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1767 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1768 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1769 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1770 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1771 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1772 NULL
1775 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1776 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1777 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1778 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1779 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1780 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1781 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1782 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1783 NULL
1788 /* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry. */
1789 #define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
1791 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
1792 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
1793 not data.
1795 On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair. */
1797 inline static void
1798 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
1799 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
1801 value |= code_p;
1802 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1803 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
1804 | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
1805 addr);
1806 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1807 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
1808 | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
1809 addr + 4);
1812 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
1813 the object is position-independent. */
1815 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
1816 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
1818 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
1820 #else
1821 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1823 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1825 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1827 /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2. r2 is used by
1828 GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1829 corrupted here. This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1830 to the SH PIC ABI. That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1831 and r2 contains the GOT id. This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1832 ignores the type. Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1833 since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1834 greater than or equal to 12. */
1835 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1837 0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1838 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1839 0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1840 0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1841 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1842 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1843 0x60, 0xf6, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1844 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1845 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1846 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1847 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1848 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1851 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1853 0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1854 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1855 0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1856 0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1857 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1858 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1859 0xf6, 0x60, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1860 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1861 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1862 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1863 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1864 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1867 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1868 this. */
1870 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1872 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1873 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1874 0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1875 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1876 0x60, 0x13, /* mov r1,r0 */
1877 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1878 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1879 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1880 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1881 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1882 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1885 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1887 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1888 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1889 0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1890 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1891 0x13, 0x60, /* mov r1,r0 */
1892 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1893 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1894 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1895 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1896 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1897 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1900 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1902 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1904 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1905 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1906 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1907 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1908 0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1909 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1910 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1911 0x50, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1912 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1913 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1914 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1915 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1918 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1920 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1921 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1922 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1923 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1924 0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1925 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1926 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1927 0xc1, 0x50, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1928 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1929 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1930 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1931 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1934 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1937 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1938 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1939 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1940 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1941 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1942 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1943 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1945 NULL
1948 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1949 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1950 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1951 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1952 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1953 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1954 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1956 NULL
1961 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1962 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1963 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1964 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1965 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1966 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1967 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1969 NULL
1972 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1973 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1974 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1975 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1976 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1977 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1978 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1980 NULL
1985 #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
1986 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1988 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1990 0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1991 0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1992 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1993 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1994 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
1997 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1999 0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2000 0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2001 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2002 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2003 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
2006 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2008 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2009 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2010 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2011 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2012 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2013 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2014 0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2015 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2016 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2017 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2020 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2022 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2023 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2024 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2025 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2026 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2027 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2028 0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2029 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2030 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2031 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2034 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2036 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2037 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2038 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2039 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2040 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2041 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2042 0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2043 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2044 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2045 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2048 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2050 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2051 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2052 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2053 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2054 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2055 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2056 0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2057 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2058 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2059 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2062 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
2065 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
2066 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
2067 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2068 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2069 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
2070 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2071 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2073 NULL
2076 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
2077 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
2078 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2079 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2080 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
2081 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2082 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2084 NULL
2089 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2090 NULL,
2092 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2093 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
2094 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2095 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2097 NULL
2100 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2101 NULL,
2103 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2104 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
2105 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2106 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2108 NULL
2113 /* FDPIC PLT entries. Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
2114 binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
2115 and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
2116 cache behavior. */
2118 #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
2119 #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
2121 /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
2122 duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined. So
2123 right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub. It
2124 might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
2125 stubs separately. */
2127 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2129 0xd0, 0x02, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2130 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2131 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2132 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2133 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2134 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2135 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2136 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2137 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2138 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2139 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2140 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2143 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2145 0x02, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2146 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2147 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2148 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2149 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2150 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2151 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2152 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2153 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2154 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2155 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2156 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2159 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
2161 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2162 NULL,
2164 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2165 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2166 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2167 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2168 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2169 NULL
2172 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2173 NULL,
2175 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2176 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2177 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2178 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2179 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2180 NULL
2184 /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
2185 entries for the first 64K slots. We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
2186 past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
2187 but would not be any smaller. */
2189 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2190 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
2192 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2194 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2195 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2196 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2197 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2198 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2199 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2200 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2201 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2202 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2203 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2206 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2208 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2209 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2210 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2211 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2212 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2213 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2214 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2215 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2216 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2217 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2220 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
2221 /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2222 NULL,
2224 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2225 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
2226 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2227 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2228 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2229 NULL
2232 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
2233 /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2234 NULL,
2236 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2237 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
2238 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2239 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2240 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2241 NULL
2244 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
2246 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2247 NULL,
2249 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2250 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2251 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2252 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2253 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2254 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
2257 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2258 NULL,
2260 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2261 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2262 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2263 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2264 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2265 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2269 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
2270 the object is position-independent. */
2272 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2273 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
2275 if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2277 /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2278 sequence. */
2279 if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2280 return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2281 else
2282 return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2284 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2285 return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2286 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2289 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2290 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2291 not data. */
2293 inline static void
2294 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2295 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2297 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2299 #endif
2301 /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2302 Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2303 20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2304 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2305 #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2307 /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET. */
2309 static bfd_vma
2310 get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2312 bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2314 offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2315 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2317 if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2319 plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2320 offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2322 else
2323 info = info->short_plt;
2325 return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2328 /* Do the inverse operation. */
2330 static bfd_vma
2331 get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2333 bfd_vma offset = 0;
2335 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2337 if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2339 offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2340 plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2342 else
2343 info = info->short_plt;
2345 return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2346 + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2349 /* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
2350 decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
2351 This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
2352 unnecessary. We store the information in a field extending the
2353 regular ELF linker hash table. */
2355 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs
2357 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next;
2359 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2360 asection *sec;
2362 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2363 bfd_size_type count;
2365 /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section. */
2366 bfd_size_type pc_count;
2369 union gotref
2371 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2372 bfd_vma offset;
2375 /* sh ELF linker hash entry. */
2377 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2379 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2381 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2382 union
2384 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2385 bfd_vma offset;
2386 } datalabel_got;
2387 #endif
2389 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2390 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2392 bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2394 /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC. The refcount counts
2395 R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2396 relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2397 for separately. After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2398 MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2399 managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2400 During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2401 descriptor will be canonical. */
2402 union gotref funcdesc;
2404 /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2405 and thus require fixups or relocations. */
2406 bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2408 enum {
2409 GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2410 } got_type;
2413 #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2415 struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2417 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2419 /* got_type for each local got entry. */
2420 char *local_got_type;
2422 /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol. */
2423 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2426 #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2427 ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2429 #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2430 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2432 #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2433 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2435 #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2436 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2437 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2438 && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2440 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2441 as the specific tdata. */
2443 static bfd_boolean
2444 sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2446 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
2447 SH_ELF_DATA);
2450 /* sh ELF linker hash table. */
2452 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2454 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2456 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2457 asection *sgot;
2458 asection *sgotplt;
2459 asection *srelgot;
2460 asection *splt;
2461 asection *srelplt;
2462 asection *sdynbss;
2463 asection *srelbss;
2464 asection *sfuncdesc;
2465 asection *srelfuncdesc;
2466 asection *srofixup;
2468 /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */
2469 asection *srelplt2;
2471 /* Small local sym cache. */
2472 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2474 /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry. */
2475 union
2477 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2478 bfd_vma offset;
2479 } tls_ldm_got;
2481 /* The type of PLT to use. */
2482 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2484 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2485 bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
2487 /* True if the target system uses FDPIC. */
2488 bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
2491 /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2493 #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
2494 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
2495 (&(table)->root, \
2496 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2497 (info)))
2499 /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2501 #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2502 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2503 == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2505 /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2507 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2508 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2509 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2510 const char *string)
2512 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2513 (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2515 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2516 subclass. */
2517 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2518 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2519 bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2520 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2521 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2522 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2524 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2525 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2526 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2527 table, string));
2528 if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2530 ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2531 ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2532 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2533 ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
2534 #endif
2535 ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2536 ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2537 ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2540 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2543 /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2545 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2546 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2548 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2549 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2551 ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
2552 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2553 return NULL;
2555 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2556 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2557 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
2558 SH_ELF_DATA))
2560 free (ret);
2561 return NULL;
2564 ret->sgot = NULL;
2565 ret->sgotplt = NULL;
2566 ret->srelgot = NULL;
2567 ret->splt = NULL;
2568 ret->srelplt = NULL;
2569 ret->sdynbss = NULL;
2570 ret->srelbss = NULL;
2571 ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
2572 ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
2573 ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
2574 ret->plt_info = NULL;
2575 ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
2576 ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
2578 return &ret->root.root;
2581 static bfd_boolean
2582 sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2583 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2585 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2587 /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections. */
2588 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2589 return TRUE;
2591 /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2592 relocate independently. */
2593 switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2595 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2596 case SHT_NOBITS:
2597 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2598 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
2599 case SHT_NULL:
2600 return FALSE;
2602 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2603 against any other section. */
2604 default:
2605 return TRUE;
2609 /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2610 shortcuts to them in our hash table. */
2612 static bfd_boolean
2613 create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2615 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2617 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2618 return FALSE;
2620 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2621 if (htab == NULL)
2622 return FALSE;
2624 htab->sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
2625 htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
2626 htab->srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
2627 if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot)
2628 abort ();
2630 htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2631 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2632 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2633 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2634 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2635 if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2636 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2637 return FALSE;
2639 htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj,
2640 ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2641 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2642 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2643 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2644 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2645 | SEC_READONLY));
2646 if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2647 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2648 return FALSE;
2650 /* Also create .rofixup. */
2651 htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2652 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2653 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2654 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2655 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2656 | SEC_READONLY));
2657 if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2658 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
2659 return FALSE;
2661 return TRUE;
2664 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
2666 static bfd_boolean
2667 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2669 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2670 flagword flags, pltflags;
2671 asection *s;
2672 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2673 int ptralign = 0;
2675 switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2677 case 32:
2678 ptralign = 2;
2679 break;
2681 case 64:
2682 ptralign = 3;
2683 break;
2685 default:
2686 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2687 return FALSE;
2690 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2691 if (htab == NULL)
2692 return FALSE;
2694 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2695 return TRUE;
2697 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2698 .rel[a].bss sections. */
2700 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2701 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2703 pltflags = flags;
2704 pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2705 if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2706 pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2707 if (bed->plt_readonly)
2708 pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2710 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2711 htab->splt = s;
2712 if (s == NULL
2713 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
2714 return FALSE;
2716 if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2718 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2719 .plt section. */
2720 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2721 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2723 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2724 (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2725 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2726 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2727 return FALSE;
2729 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2730 h->def_regular = 1;
2731 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2732 htab->root.hplt = h;
2734 if (info->shared
2735 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2736 return FALSE;
2739 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2740 bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2741 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2742 htab->srelplt = s;
2743 if (s == NULL
2744 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2745 return FALSE;
2747 if (htab->sgot == NULL
2748 && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2749 return FALSE;
2752 const char *secname;
2753 char *relname;
2754 flagword secflags;
2755 asection *sec;
2757 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2759 secflags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec);
2760 if ((secflags & (SEC_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED))
2761 || ((secflags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
2762 continue;
2763 secname = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
2764 relname = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (secname) + 6);
2765 strcpy (relname, ".rela");
2766 strcat (relname, secname);
2767 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname))
2768 continue;
2769 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, relname,
2770 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2771 if (s == NULL
2772 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2773 return FALSE;
2777 if (bed->want_dynbss)
2779 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2780 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2781 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
2782 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2783 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
2784 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
2785 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2786 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2787 htab->sdynbss = s;
2788 if (s == NULL)
2789 return FALSE;
2791 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
2792 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
2793 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
2794 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2795 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2796 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2797 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2798 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
2799 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
2800 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2801 copy relocs. */
2802 if (! info->shared)
2804 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2805 (bed->default_use_rela_p
2806 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2807 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2808 htab->srelbss = s;
2809 if (s == NULL
2810 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2811 return FALSE;
2815 if (htab->vxworks_p)
2817 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2818 return FALSE;
2821 return TRUE;
2824 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2825 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
2826 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
2827 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2828 understand. */
2830 static bfd_boolean
2831 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2832 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2834 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2835 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2836 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2837 asection *s;
2839 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2840 if (htab == NULL)
2841 return FALSE;
2843 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
2844 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2845 && (h->needs_plt
2846 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
2847 || (h->def_dynamic
2848 && h->ref_regular
2849 && !h->def_regular)));
2851 /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
2852 will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2853 when we know the address of the .got section. */
2854 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2855 || h->needs_plt)
2857 if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2858 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2859 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2860 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2862 /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2863 file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2864 object. In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2865 a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2866 reloc instead. */
2867 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2868 h->needs_plt = 0;
2871 return TRUE;
2873 else
2874 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2876 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2877 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2878 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
2879 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
2881 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2882 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2883 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
2884 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
2885 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2886 h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
2887 return TRUE;
2890 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2891 is not a function. */
2893 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2894 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2895 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2896 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
2897 if (info->shared)
2898 return TRUE;
2900 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2901 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
2902 if (!h->non_got_ref)
2903 return TRUE;
2905 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
2906 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2908 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2909 return TRUE;
2912 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2913 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2915 s = p->sec->output_section;
2916 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0)
2917 break;
2920 /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the
2921 copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding
2922 the copy reloc. */
2923 if (p == NULL)
2925 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2926 return TRUE;
2929 if (h->size == 0)
2931 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
2932 h->root.root.string);
2933 return TRUE;
2936 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2937 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
2938 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
2939 object will contain position independent code, so all references
2940 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2941 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2942 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2943 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2944 same memory location for the variable. */
2946 s = htab->sdynbss;
2947 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2949 /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2950 copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2951 runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
2952 .rela.bss section we are going to use. */
2953 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2955 asection *srel;
2957 srel = htab->srelbss;
2958 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2959 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2960 h->needs_copy = 1;
2963 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
2966 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2967 dynamic relocs. */
2969 static bfd_boolean
2970 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2972 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2973 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2974 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2975 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2977 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2978 return TRUE;
2980 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2981 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2982 if (htab == NULL)
2983 return FALSE;
2985 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2986 if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2987 || h->forced_local)
2988 && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2990 /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2991 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2992 h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2993 if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
2994 h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
2997 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2998 && h->plt.refcount > 0
2999 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3000 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3002 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3003 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3004 if (h->dynindx == -1
3005 && !h->forced_local)
3007 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3008 return FALSE;
3011 if (info->shared
3012 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
3014 asection *s = htab->splt;
3015 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
3017 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
3018 first entry. */
3019 if (s->size == 0)
3020 s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
3022 h->plt.offset = s->size;
3024 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
3025 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
3026 location in the .plt. This is required to make function
3027 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
3028 the shared library. Skip this for FDPIC, since the
3029 function's address will be the address of the canonical
3030 function descriptor. */
3031 if (!htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && !h->def_regular)
3033 h->root.u.def.section = s;
3034 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
3037 /* Make room for this entry. */
3038 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
3039 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
3040 && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
3041 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
3042 s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
3044 /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3045 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
3046 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
3047 htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
3048 else
3049 htab->sgotplt->size += 8;
3051 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */
3052 htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3054 if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
3056 /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
3057 for each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation
3058 section, which is processed by the kernel loader. */
3060 /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
3061 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3062 if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
3063 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3065 /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
3066 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
3067 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry. */
3068 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
3071 else
3073 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3074 h->needs_plt = 0;
3077 else
3079 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3080 h->needs_plt = 0;
3083 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3085 asection *s;
3086 bfd_boolean dyn;
3087 int got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
3089 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3090 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3091 if (h->dynindx == -1
3092 && !h->forced_local)
3094 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3095 return FALSE;
3098 s = htab->sgot;
3099 h->got.offset = s->size;
3100 s->size += 4;
3101 /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
3102 if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3103 s->size += 4;
3104 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3105 if (!dyn)
3107 /* No dynamic relocations required. */
3108 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
3109 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3110 && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3111 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3113 /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
3114 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global. */
3115 else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
3116 || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3117 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3118 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3119 htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3120 else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3122 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3123 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3124 else
3125 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3127 else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3128 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3129 && (info->shared
3130 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3131 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3132 else if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
3133 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3134 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3135 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3137 else
3138 h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3140 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3141 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
3143 asection *s;
3144 bfd_boolean dyn;
3146 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3147 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3148 if (h->dynindx == -1
3149 && !h->forced_local)
3151 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3152 return FALSE;
3155 s = htab->sgot;
3156 eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
3157 s->size += 4;
3158 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3159 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h))
3160 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3162 else
3163 eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3164 #endif
3166 /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
3167 descriptors, canonical or otherwise. We need to relocate the
3168 reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
3169 undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
3170 static linking). Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere. */
3171 if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
3172 && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3173 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3174 && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
3176 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3177 htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
3178 else
3179 htab->srelgot->size
3180 += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3183 /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
3184 a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
3185 the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it. None of this
3186 applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
3187 canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
3188 won't be a PLT entry at all. */
3189 if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
3190 || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3191 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3192 && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3194 /* Make room for this function descriptor. */
3195 eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3196 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3198 /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
3199 function descriptor, so allocate those too. */
3200 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3201 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3202 else
3203 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3206 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3207 return TRUE;
3209 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3210 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3211 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
3212 space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3213 visibility changes. */
3215 if (info->shared)
3217 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3219 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3221 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3223 p->count -= p->pc_count;
3224 p->pc_count = 0;
3225 if (p->count == 0)
3226 *pp = p->next;
3227 else
3228 pp = &p->next;
3232 if (htab->vxworks_p)
3234 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3236 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3238 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3239 *pp = p->next;
3240 else
3241 pp = &p->next;
3245 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3246 visibility. */
3247 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3248 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3250 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
3251 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3253 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
3254 symbol in PIEs. */
3255 else if (h->dynindx == -1
3256 && !h->forced_local)
3258 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3259 return FALSE;
3263 else
3265 /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3266 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3267 dynamic. */
3269 if (!h->non_got_ref
3270 && ((h->def_dynamic
3271 && !h->def_regular)
3272 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3273 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3274 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3276 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3277 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3278 if (h->dynindx == -1
3279 && !h->forced_local)
3281 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3282 return FALSE;
3285 /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3286 relocs. */
3287 if (h->dynindx != -1)
3288 goto keep;
3291 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3293 keep: ;
3296 /* Finally, allocate space. */
3297 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3299 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3300 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3302 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3303 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3304 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3307 return TRUE;
3310 /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */
3312 static bfd_boolean
3313 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
3315 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
3316 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3318 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
3319 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3321 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3323 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3325 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3327 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3329 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
3330 return FALSE;
3333 return TRUE;
3336 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3337 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3338 It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
3340 static bfd_boolean
3341 sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3343 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, info->shared);
3345 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->relocatable)
3347 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3349 /* Force a PT_GNU_STACK segment to be created. */
3350 if (! elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags)
3351 elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
3353 /* Define __stacksize if it's not defined yet. */
3354 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3355 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3356 if (! h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3357 || h->type != STT_OBJECT
3358 || !h->def_regular)
3360 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
3362 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3363 (info, output_bfd, "__stacksize",
3364 BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE,
3365 (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
3366 get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->collect, &bh)))
3367 return FALSE;
3369 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
3370 h->def_regular = 1;
3371 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
3374 return TRUE;
3377 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
3379 static bfd_boolean
3380 sh_elf_modify_program_headers (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3382 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (output_bfd);
3383 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3384 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3386 /* objcopy and strip preserve what's already there using
3387 sh_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (). */
3388 if (! info)
3389 return TRUE;
3391 for (p = tdata->phdr, m = tdata->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
3392 if (m->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
3393 break;
3395 if (m)
3397 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3399 /* Obtain the pointer to the __stacksize symbol. */
3400 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3401 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3402 if (h)
3404 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3405 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3406 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3407 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
3410 /* Set the header p_memsz from the symbol value. We
3411 intentionally ignore the symbol section. */
3412 if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
3413 p->p_memsz = h->root.u.def.value;
3414 else
3415 p->p_memsz = DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE;
3417 p->p_align = 8;
3420 return TRUE;
3423 #endif
3425 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
3427 static bfd_boolean
3428 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3429 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3431 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3432 bfd *dynobj;
3433 asection *s;
3434 bfd_boolean relocs;
3435 bfd *ibfd;
3437 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3438 if (htab == NULL)
3439 return FALSE;
3441 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3442 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3444 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3446 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
3447 if (info->executable)
3449 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
3450 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3451 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3452 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3456 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3457 relocs. */
3458 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
3460 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3461 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3462 union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
3463 char *local_got_type;
3464 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3465 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3466 asection *srel;
3468 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
3469 continue;
3471 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3473 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3475 for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *)
3476 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3477 p != NULL;
3478 p = p->next)
3480 if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3481 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3483 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3484 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3485 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3486 the relocs too. */
3488 else if (htab->vxworks_p
3489 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3490 ".tls_vars") == 0)
3492 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3493 handled specially by the loader. */
3495 else if (p->count != 0)
3497 srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3498 srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3499 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3500 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3502 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3503 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3504 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3509 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3510 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3511 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3512 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
3513 locsymcount *= 2;
3514 #endif
3515 s = htab->sgot;
3516 srel = htab->srelgot;
3518 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3519 if (local_got)
3521 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3522 local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3523 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3524 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3526 if (*local_got > 0)
3528 *local_got = s->size;
3529 s->size += 4;
3530 if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3531 s->size += 4;
3532 if (info->shared)
3533 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3534 else
3535 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3537 if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3539 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3541 bfd_size_type size;
3543 size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3544 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3545 size);
3546 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3547 return FALSE;
3548 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3549 local_funcdesc += (local_got
3550 - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3552 local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3553 ++local_funcdesc;
3556 else
3557 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3558 ++local_got_type;
3562 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3563 if (local_funcdesc)
3565 end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3567 for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3569 if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3571 local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3572 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3573 if (!info->shared)
3574 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3575 else
3576 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3578 else
3579 local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3585 if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3587 /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3588 relocs. */
3589 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
3590 htab->sgot->size += 8;
3591 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3593 else
3594 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3596 /* Only the reserved entries should be present. For FDPIC, they go at
3597 the end of .got.plt. */
3598 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3600 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt && htab->sgotplt->size == 12);
3601 htab->sgotplt->size = 0;
3604 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3605 sym dynamic relocs. */
3606 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3608 /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3609 end of the FDPIC .got.plt. */
3610 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3612 htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->sgotplt->size;
3613 htab->sgotplt->size += 12;
3616 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
3617 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3618 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3620 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3621 Allocate memory for them. */
3622 relocs = FALSE;
3623 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3625 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3626 continue;
3628 if (s == htab->splt
3629 || s == htab->sgot
3630 || s == htab->sgotplt
3631 || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3632 || s == htab->srofixup
3633 || s == htab->sdynbss)
3635 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3636 comment below. */
3638 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3640 if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3641 relocs = TRUE;
3643 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3644 to copy relocs into the output file. */
3645 s->reloc_count = 0;
3647 else
3649 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
3650 continue;
3653 if (s->size == 0)
3655 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3656 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3657 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
3658 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3659 before the linker maps input sections to output
3660 sections. The linker does that before
3661 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3662 function which decides whether anything needs to go
3663 into these sections. */
3665 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3666 continue;
3669 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3670 continue;
3672 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
3673 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3674 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
3675 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3676 of garbage. */
3677 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3678 if (s->contents == NULL)
3679 return FALSE;
3682 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3684 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
3685 values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3686 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3687 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3688 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
3689 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3690 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3692 if (info->executable)
3694 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3695 return FALSE;
3698 if (htab->splt->size != 0)
3700 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3701 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3702 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3703 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3704 return FALSE;
3706 else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
3707 && htab->sgot->size != 0)
3709 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3710 return FALSE;
3713 if (relocs)
3715 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3716 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3717 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
3718 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3719 return FALSE;
3721 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3722 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
3723 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3724 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
3726 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3728 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3729 return FALSE;
3732 if (htab->vxworks_p
3733 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3734 return FALSE;
3736 #undef add_dynamic_entry
3738 return TRUE;
3741 /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section. */
3743 inline static bfd_vma
3744 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3745 int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3747 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3748 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3750 outrel.r_offset = offset;
3751 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3752 outrel.r_addend = addend;
3754 reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3755 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3756 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3757 sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3758 sreloc->reloc_count++;
3760 return reloc_offset;
3763 /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup. */
3765 inline static void
3766 sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3768 bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3770 fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3771 BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3772 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3775 /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3776 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol. */
3778 static bfd_signed_vma
3779 sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3781 return (htab->sgot->output_offset - htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3782 - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3785 /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3786 located. */
3788 static unsigned
3789 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3791 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd,
3792 osec);
3794 /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to. The kernel
3795 supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3796 a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment. */
3797 return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3800 static bfd_boolean
3801 sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3803 unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3805 return ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W);
3808 /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3809 with any relocations or fixups required. */
3810 static bfd_boolean
3811 sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3812 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3813 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3814 bfd_vma offset,
3815 asection *section,
3816 bfd_vma value)
3818 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3819 int dynindx;
3820 bfd_vma addr, seg;
3822 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3824 /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3825 descriptor, along with the segment index. We're RELA, so it could
3826 go in the reloc instead... */
3828 if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3830 section = h->root.u.def.section;
3831 value = h->root.u.def.value;
3834 if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3836 dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3837 addr = value + section->output_offset;
3838 seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3840 else
3842 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3843 dynindx = h->dynindx;
3844 addr = seg = 0;
3847 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3849 if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3851 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3852 offset
3853 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3854 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3855 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3856 offset + 4
3857 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3858 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3861 /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3862 address and gp value (barring fixups). */
3863 addr += section->output_section->vma;
3864 seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3865 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3866 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3868 else
3869 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3870 offset
3871 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3872 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3873 R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3875 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3876 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3878 return TRUE;
3881 /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3882 VALUE is the field's value. Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3883 otherwise. */
3885 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3886 install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3887 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3888 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3890 unsigned long cur_val;
3891 bfd_byte *addr;
3892 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3894 if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3895 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3897 r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3898 bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3899 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3900 return r;
3902 addr = contents + offset;
3903 cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3904 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3905 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3907 return bfd_reloc_ok;
3910 /* Relocate an SH ELF section. */
3912 static bfd_boolean
3913 sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3914 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3915 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3916 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3917 asection **local_sections)
3919 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3920 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3921 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3922 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3923 bfd *dynobj = NULL;
3924 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3925 asection *sgot = NULL;
3926 asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3927 asection *splt = NULL;
3928 asection *sreloc = NULL;
3929 asection *srelgot = NULL;
3930 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3931 unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3932 bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE;
3934 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
3936 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3937 if (htab != NULL)
3939 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3940 sgot = htab->sgot;
3941 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
3942 splt = htab->splt;
3943 fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3945 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3946 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3947 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3949 isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3950 input_section->output_section);
3951 if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3952 got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3953 sgot->output_section);
3954 else
3955 got_segment = -1;
3956 if (fdpic_p && splt)
3957 plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3958 splt->output_section);
3959 else
3960 plt_segment = -1;
3962 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3963 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
3964 is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && info->shared
3965 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3966 ".tls_vars"));
3968 rel = relocs;
3969 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3970 for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3972 int r_type;
3973 reloc_howto_type *howto;
3974 unsigned long r_symndx;
3975 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3976 asection *sec;
3977 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3978 bfd_vma relocation;
3979 bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3980 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3981 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
3982 bfd_vma off;
3983 int got_type;
3984 const char *symname = NULL;
3986 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3988 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3990 /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3991 handled entirely by the relaxation code. */
3992 if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
3993 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
3994 continue;
3995 if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
3996 continue;
3998 if (r_type < 0
3999 || r_type >= R_SH_max
4000 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
4001 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
4002 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
4003 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
4004 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
4005 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
4006 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
4007 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
4008 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
4009 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
4010 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
4011 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
4013 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4014 return FALSE;
4017 howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
4019 /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
4020 the relocation. */
4021 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4022 addend = rel->r_addend;
4024 h = NULL;
4025 sym = NULL;
4026 sec = NULL;
4027 check_segment[0] = -1;
4028 check_segment[1] = -1;
4029 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4031 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
4032 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
4034 symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
4035 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
4036 if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
4037 symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
4039 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
4040 + sec->output_offset
4041 + sym->st_value);
4042 /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
4043 datalabel processing here. Make sure this does not change
4044 without notice. */
4045 if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
4046 ((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
4047 (info,
4048 _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
4049 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset));
4051 if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
4052 /* Handled below. */
4054 else if (info->relocatable)
4056 /* This is a relocatable link. We don't have to change
4057 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
4058 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
4059 section symbol winds up in the output section. */
4060 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4062 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4064 /* For relocations with the addend in the
4065 relocation, we need just to update the addend.
4066 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
4067 code is mostly for completeness. */
4068 rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
4070 continue;
4073 /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
4074 contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
4075 from the changed location of the section symbol.
4076 Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
4077 final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
4078 relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
4079 location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
4080 final link. */
4081 r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
4082 sec->output_offset
4083 + sym->st_value,
4084 contents + rel->r_offset);
4085 goto relocation_done;
4088 continue;
4090 else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4092 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
4093 addend = rel->r_addend;
4095 else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4096 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4098 asection *msec;
4100 if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
4102 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4103 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
4104 input_bfd, input_section,
4105 (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
4106 return FALSE;
4109 addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4110 msec = sec;
4111 addend =
4112 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
4113 - relocation;
4114 addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4115 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
4116 addend = 0;
4119 else
4121 /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro. */
4123 relocation = 0;
4124 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4125 symname = h->root.root.string;
4126 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4127 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4129 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4130 /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
4131 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
4132 doesn't count. */
4133 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
4134 #endif
4135 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4137 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4138 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4140 bfd_boolean dyn;
4142 dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE;
4143 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
4144 /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
4145 We check specially because in some obscure cases
4146 sec->output_section will be NULL. */
4147 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
4148 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
4149 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
4150 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
4151 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
4152 || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
4153 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
4154 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
4155 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
4156 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
4157 && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4158 || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
4159 || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
4160 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
4161 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
4162 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4163 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
4164 || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
4165 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
4166 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
4167 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
4168 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
4169 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4170 && (! info->shared
4171 || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4172 || !h->def_regular))
4173 /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
4174 overwritten in the switch block below. The cases
4175 below are those in which we must defer relocation
4176 to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
4177 addresses when creating a shared library. */
4178 || (info->shared
4179 && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4180 || !h->def_regular)
4181 && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4182 && !h->forced_local)
4183 || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4184 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4185 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4186 /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
4187 sections against symbols defined externally
4188 in shared libraries. We can't do anything
4189 with them here. */
4190 || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4191 && h->def_dynamic)))
4192 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4193 sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4194 thus ld.so will not process them. */
4195 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4196 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4197 && h->def_dynamic))
4198 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4199 && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
4200 || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
4202 else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
4203 relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
4204 + sec->output_section->vma
4205 + sec->output_offset)
4206 /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
4207 symbol value, unless we've seen
4208 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it. */
4209 | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
4210 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
4211 else if (!info->relocatable
4212 && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4213 input_section,
4214 rel->r_offset)
4215 != (bfd_vma) -1))
4217 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4218 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4219 input_bfd,
4220 input_section,
4221 (long) rel->r_offset,
4222 howto->name,
4223 h->root.root.string);
4224 return FALSE;
4227 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4229 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4230 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4232 else if (!info->relocatable)
4234 if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
4235 (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
4236 input_section, rel->r_offset,
4237 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
4238 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))))
4239 return FALSE;
4243 if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
4244 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4245 rel, relend, howto, contents);
4247 if (info->relocatable)
4248 continue;
4250 /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files. Most
4251 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
4252 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below. */
4253 check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
4254 if (sec != NULL)
4255 check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
4256 sec->output_section);
4257 else
4258 check_segment[1] = -1;
4260 switch ((int) r_type)
4262 final_link_relocate:
4263 /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
4264 R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers. */
4265 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4266 contents, rel->r_offset,
4267 relocation, addend);
4268 break;
4270 case R_SH_IND12W:
4271 goto final_link_relocate;
4273 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4274 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
4275 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
4276 /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
4277 the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
4278 is here only to assist in relaxing. If the reloc is not
4279 against the start of this section, then it's against an
4280 external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves. */
4281 if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
4282 != relocation)
4284 int disp = (relocation
4285 - input_section->output_section->vma
4286 - input_section->output_offset
4287 - rel->r_offset);
4288 int mask = 0;
4289 switch (r_type)
4291 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4292 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
4293 case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
4294 default: mask = 0; break;
4296 if (disp & mask)
4298 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4299 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
4300 input_section->owner,
4301 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset));
4302 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4303 return FALSE;
4305 relocation -= 4;
4306 goto final_link_relocate;
4308 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4309 break;
4311 default:
4312 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4313 if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4314 contents, rel, &relocation))
4315 goto final_link_relocate;
4316 #endif
4317 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4318 return FALSE;
4320 case R_SH_DIR16:
4321 case R_SH_DIR8:
4322 case R_SH_DIR8U:
4323 case R_SH_DIR8S:
4324 case R_SH_DIR4U:
4325 goto final_link_relocate;
4327 case R_SH_DIR8UL:
4328 case R_SH_DIR4UL:
4329 if (relocation & 3)
4331 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4332 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4333 input_section->owner,
4334 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4335 (unsigned long) relocation));
4336 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4337 return FALSE;
4339 goto final_link_relocate;
4341 case R_SH_DIR8UW:
4342 case R_SH_DIR8SW:
4343 case R_SH_DIR4UW:
4344 if (relocation & 1)
4346 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4347 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4348 input_section->owner,
4349 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4350 (unsigned long) relocation));
4351 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4352 return FALSE;
4354 goto final_link_relocate;
4356 case R_SH_PSHA:
4357 if ((signed int)relocation < -32
4358 || (signed int)relocation > 32)
4360 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4361 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4362 input_section->owner,
4363 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4364 (unsigned long) relocation));
4365 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4366 return FALSE;
4368 goto final_link_relocate;
4370 case R_SH_PSHL:
4371 if ((signed int)relocation < -16
4372 || (signed int)relocation > 16)
4374 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4375 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4376 input_section->owner,
4377 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4378 (unsigned long) relocation));
4379 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4380 return FALSE;
4382 goto final_link_relocate;
4384 case R_SH_DIR32:
4385 case R_SH_REL32:
4386 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4387 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
4388 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
4389 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
4390 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
4391 #endif
4392 if (info->shared
4393 && (h == NULL
4394 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4395 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4396 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4397 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4398 && !is_vxworks_tls
4399 && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4400 || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4402 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4403 bfd_byte *loc;
4404 bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4406 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4407 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4408 time. */
4410 if (sreloc == NULL)
4412 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4413 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
4414 if (sreloc == NULL)
4415 return FALSE;
4418 skip = FALSE;
4419 relocate = FALSE;
4421 outrel.r_offset =
4422 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4423 rel->r_offset);
4424 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4425 skip = TRUE;
4426 else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4427 skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4428 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4429 + input_section->output_offset);
4431 if (skip)
4432 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4433 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
4435 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4436 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
4437 outrel.r_addend
4438 = (howto->partial_inplace
4439 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4440 : addend);
4442 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4443 else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
4444 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
4445 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
4446 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
4448 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4449 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4450 outrel.r_addend = addend;
4452 #endif
4453 else if (fdpic_p
4454 && (h == NULL
4455 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4456 && h->def_regular)))
4458 int dynindx;
4460 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
4461 BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
4462 dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4463 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4464 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4465 outrel.r_addend
4466 += (howto->partial_inplace
4467 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4468 : addend);
4469 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4471 else
4473 /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4474 become local. */
4475 if (h == NULL
4476 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4477 && h->def_regular))
4479 relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
4480 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4482 else
4484 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4485 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4487 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4488 outrel.r_addend
4489 += (howto->partial_inplace
4490 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4491 : addend);
4494 loc = sreloc->contents;
4495 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4496 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4498 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4500 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4501 not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we
4502 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4503 an addend for the dynamic reloc. */
4504 if (! relocate)
4505 continue;
4507 else if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4508 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4509 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4511 bfd_vma offset;
4513 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4515 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4516 input_section->output_section))
4518 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4519 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4520 input_bfd,
4521 input_section,
4522 (long) rel->r_offset,
4523 symname);
4524 return FALSE;
4527 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4528 input_section, rel->r_offset);
4529 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4530 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4531 input_section->output_section->vma
4532 + input_section->output_offset
4533 + rel->r_offset);
4535 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4537 goto final_link_relocate;
4539 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
4540 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4541 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
4542 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
4543 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
4544 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
4545 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
4546 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
4547 #endif
4548 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4549 procedure linkage table. */
4551 if (h == NULL
4552 || h->forced_local
4553 || ! info->shared
4554 || info->symbolic
4555 || h->dynindx == -1
4556 || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4557 || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4558 goto force_got;
4560 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4561 offset table extension for the procedure linkage table. */
4563 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4564 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4565 relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4566 + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4567 + 3) * 4);
4569 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4570 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4571 #endif
4573 goto final_link_relocate;
4575 force_got:
4576 case R_SH_GOT32:
4577 case R_SH_GOT20:
4578 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4579 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
4580 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
4581 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
4582 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
4583 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
4584 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
4585 #endif
4586 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4587 offset table. */
4589 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4590 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4591 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4593 if (h != NULL)
4595 bfd_boolean dyn;
4597 off = h->got.offset;
4598 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4599 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4601 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4603 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4604 off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
4606 #endif
4607 BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4609 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4610 if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4611 || (info->shared
4612 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4613 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4614 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4616 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4617 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4618 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4619 because of a version file. We must initialize
4620 this entry in the global offset table. Since the
4621 offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4622 least significant bit to record whether we have
4623 initialized it already.
4625 When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4626 relocation entry to initialize the value. This
4627 is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
4628 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4629 off &= ~1;
4630 else
4632 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4633 sgot->contents + off);
4634 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4635 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4637 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4639 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4640 hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
4642 else
4643 #endif
4644 h->got.offset |= 1;
4646 /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4647 symbol address, also add a fixup. */
4648 if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4649 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4650 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4651 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4652 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4653 sgot->output_section->vma
4654 + sgot->output_offset
4655 + off);
4659 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4661 else
4663 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4664 if (rel->r_addend)
4666 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4667 && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4668 + r_symndx]
4669 != (bfd_vma) -1));
4671 off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4672 + r_symndx];
4674 else
4676 #endif
4677 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4678 && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4680 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4681 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4683 #endif
4685 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
4686 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4687 already generated the necessary reloc. */
4688 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4689 off &= ~1;
4690 else
4692 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4694 if (info->shared)
4696 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4697 bfd_byte *loc;
4699 if (srelgot == NULL)
4701 srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
4702 ".rela.got");
4703 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4706 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4707 + sgot->output_offset
4708 + off);
4709 if (fdpic_p)
4711 int dynindx
4712 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4713 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4714 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4715 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4717 else
4719 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4720 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4722 loc = srelgot->contents;
4723 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4724 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4726 else if (fdpic_p
4727 && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4728 == GOT_NORMAL))
4729 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4730 sgot->output_section->vma
4731 + sgot->output_offset
4732 + off);
4734 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4735 if (rel->r_addend)
4736 local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
4737 else
4738 #endif
4739 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4742 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4745 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4746 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4747 #endif
4749 if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4751 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4752 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4753 rel->r_offset);
4754 break;
4756 else
4757 goto final_link_relocate;
4759 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4760 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4761 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4762 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
4763 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
4764 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
4765 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
4766 #endif
4767 /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4768 we place at the start of the .got.plt section. This is the same
4769 as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4770 descriptors in front of it. */
4771 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4772 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4773 check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4774 relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4775 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4777 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4778 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4779 #endif
4781 addend = rel->r_addend;
4783 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4785 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4786 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4787 rel->r_offset);
4788 break;
4790 else
4791 goto final_link_relocate;
4793 case R_SH_GOTPC:
4794 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4795 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
4796 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
4797 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
4798 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
4799 #endif
4800 /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */
4802 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4803 relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4805 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4806 relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4807 #endif
4809 addend = rel->r_addend;
4811 goto final_link_relocate;
4813 case R_SH_PLT32:
4814 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4815 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
4816 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
4817 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
4818 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
4819 #endif
4820 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4821 procedure linkage table. */
4823 /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4824 without using the procedure linkage table. */
4825 if (h == NULL)
4826 goto final_link_relocate;
4828 /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4829 as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4830 anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4831 behavior. */
4832 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4833 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4835 if (h->forced_local)
4836 goto final_link_relocate;
4838 if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4840 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
4841 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4842 using -Bsymbolic. */
4843 goto final_link_relocate;
4846 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4847 check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4848 relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4849 + splt->output_offset
4850 + h->plt.offset);
4852 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4853 relocation++;
4854 #endif
4856 addend = rel->r_addend;
4858 goto final_link_relocate;
4860 /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4861 symbol, possibly via the GOT. Initialize the GOT
4862 entry and function descriptor if necessary. */
4863 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4864 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4865 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4867 int dynindx = -1;
4868 asection *reloc_section;
4869 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4870 int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4872 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4874 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4876 /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4877 executable, with --export-dynamic. Do they need ld.so
4878 to allocate official descriptors? See what this code
4879 does. */
4881 relocation = 0;
4882 addend = 0;
4884 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4886 reloc_section = input_section;
4887 reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4889 else
4891 reloc_section = sgot;
4893 if (h != NULL)
4894 reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4895 else
4897 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4898 reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4900 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4902 if (reloc_offset & 1)
4904 reloc_offset &= ~1;
4905 goto funcdesc_done_got;
4909 if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4910 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4911 || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4912 /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4913 resolved later; leave it at zero. */
4914 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4915 else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4916 && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4918 /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4919 but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4920 protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4921 section+offset. This is an optimization; the dynamic
4922 linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4923 to our copy of the function anyway. */
4924 dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4925 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4926 relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4927 + h->root.u.def.value;
4929 else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4931 /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4932 symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4933 shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4934 the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4935 descriptor. */
4936 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4937 dynindx = h->dynindx;
4939 else
4941 bfd_vma offset;
4943 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4944 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
4945 reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4946 dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4947 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4949 if (h)
4951 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4952 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4953 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4955 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4956 offset, NULL, 0))
4957 return FALSE;
4958 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4961 else
4963 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4965 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4966 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4967 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4968 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4970 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4971 offset, sec,
4972 sym->st_value))
4973 return FALSE;
4974 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4978 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4981 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4983 bfd_vma offset;
4985 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4986 reloc_section->output_section))
4988 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4989 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4990 input_bfd,
4991 input_section,
4992 (long) rel->r_offset,
4993 symname);
4994 return FALSE;
4997 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4998 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5000 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
5001 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
5002 offset
5003 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
5004 + reloc_section->output_offset);
5006 else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
5007 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5009 bfd_vma offset;
5011 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
5012 reloc_section->output_section))
5014 info->callbacks->warning
5015 (info,
5016 _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
5017 symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5018 return FALSE;
5021 if (srelgot == NULL)
5023 srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5024 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5027 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
5028 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5030 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
5031 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
5032 offset
5033 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
5034 + reloc_section->output_offset,
5035 reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
5037 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5039 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
5040 break;
5042 else
5044 relocation = 0;
5045 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
5049 if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
5050 relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
5051 funcdesc_leave_zero:
5052 if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5054 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
5055 reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
5056 if (h != NULL)
5057 h->got.offset |= 1;
5058 else
5059 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5061 funcdesc_done_got:
5063 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
5064 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
5065 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5066 #endif
5068 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
5070 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5071 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5072 rel->r_offset);
5073 break;
5075 else
5076 goto final_link_relocate;
5078 break;
5080 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5081 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5082 /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
5083 executable and --export-dynamic. If such symbols get
5084 ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
5085 for them. */
5086 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5088 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5089 relocation = 0;
5090 addend = rel->r_addend;
5092 if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5093 || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
5095 _bfd_error_handler
5096 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
5097 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
5098 h->root.root.string);
5099 return FALSE;
5101 else
5103 bfd_vma offset;
5105 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
5106 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
5107 if (h)
5109 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
5110 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5111 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5113 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
5114 offset, NULL, 0))
5115 return FALSE;
5116 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
5119 else
5121 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5123 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
5124 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
5125 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5126 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5128 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
5129 offset, sec,
5130 sym->st_value))
5131 return FALSE;
5132 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
5136 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
5139 relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
5140 + sgotplt->output_offset);
5141 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
5142 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5143 #endif
5145 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
5147 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5148 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5149 rel->r_offset);
5150 break;
5152 else
5153 goto final_link_relocate;
5155 case R_SH_LOOP_START:
5157 static bfd_vma start, end;
5159 start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5160 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5161 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5162 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5163 break;
5165 case R_SH_LOOP_END:
5166 end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5167 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5168 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5169 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5170 break;
5173 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5174 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5175 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5176 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5177 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5178 got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5179 if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5180 got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5181 else if (h != NULL)
5183 got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5184 if (! info->shared
5185 && (h->dynindx == -1
5186 || h->def_regular))
5187 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5190 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
5191 r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5193 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
5195 bfd_vma offset;
5196 unsigned short insn;
5198 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5200 /* GD->LE transition:
5201 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5202 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5203 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5204 We change it into:
5205 mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
5206 nop; nop; ...
5207 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:. */
5209 offset = rel->r_offset;
5210 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5211 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5212 offset -= 16;
5213 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5214 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5216 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5217 offset -= 2;
5218 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5221 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5222 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5223 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5224 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5225 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5226 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5227 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5228 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5229 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5230 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5231 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5233 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
5234 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
5235 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5236 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5237 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5239 else
5241 int target;
5243 /* IE->LE transition:
5244 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
5245 bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
5246 We change it into:
5247 mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
5248 1: x@TPOFF; 2:. */
5250 offset = rel->r_offset;
5251 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5252 /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12. */
5253 offset -= 10;
5254 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5255 if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
5257 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5258 offset -= 2;
5259 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5262 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
5263 target = insn & 0x00ff;
5264 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5265 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
5266 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5267 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
5268 insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
5269 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
5270 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5273 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5274 contents + rel->r_offset);
5275 continue;
5278 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5279 abort ();
5281 if (h != NULL)
5282 off = h->got.offset;
5283 else
5285 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5286 abort ();
5288 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5291 /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking. */
5292 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5293 && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
5295 off &= ~1;
5296 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5297 sgot->contents + off);
5298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5299 contents + rel->r_offset);
5300 continue;
5303 if ((off & 1) != 0)
5304 off &= ~1;
5305 else
5307 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5308 bfd_byte *loc;
5309 int dr_type, indx;
5311 if (srelgot == NULL)
5313 srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5314 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5317 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5318 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5320 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5321 indx = 0;
5322 else
5323 indx = h->dynindx;
5325 dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
5326 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5327 if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5328 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5329 else
5330 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5331 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5332 loc = srelgot->contents;
5333 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5334 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5336 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5338 if (indx == 0)
5340 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5341 relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
5342 sgot->contents + off + 4);
5344 else
5346 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5347 R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5348 outrel.r_offset += 4;
5349 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5350 srelgot->reloc_count++;
5351 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5352 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5356 if (h != NULL)
5357 h->got.offset |= 1;
5358 else
5359 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5362 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
5363 abort ();
5365 if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5366 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5367 else
5369 bfd_vma offset;
5370 unsigned short insn;
5372 /* GD->IE transition:
5373 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5374 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5375 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5376 We change it into:
5377 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
5378 nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5379 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:. */
5381 offset = rel->r_offset;
5382 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5383 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5384 offset -= 16;
5385 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5386 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5388 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5389 offset -= 2;
5390 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5393 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5395 /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0. */
5396 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
5398 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5399 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5400 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5401 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5402 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5403 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5404 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5405 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5406 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5407 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5409 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
5410 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
5411 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
5412 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5413 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5415 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5416 contents + rel->r_offset);
5418 continue;
5421 addend = rel->r_addend;
5423 goto final_link_relocate;
5425 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5426 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5427 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5428 if (! info->shared)
5430 bfd_vma offset;
5431 unsigned short insn;
5433 /* LD->LE transition:
5434 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5435 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5436 1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5437 We change it into:
5438 stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
5439 nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:. */
5441 offset = rel->r_offset;
5442 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5443 /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5444 offset -= 16;
5445 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5446 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5448 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5449 offset -= 2;
5450 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5453 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5454 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5455 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5456 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5457 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5458 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5459 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5460 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5461 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5462 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5463 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5465 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
5466 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
5467 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5468 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5469 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5470 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5472 continue;
5475 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5476 abort ();
5478 off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5479 if (off & 1)
5480 off &= ~1;
5481 else
5483 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5484 bfd_byte *loc;
5486 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
5487 if (srelgot == NULL)
5488 abort ();
5490 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5491 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5492 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5493 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5494 loc = srelgot->contents;
5495 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5496 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5497 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5500 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5501 addend = rel->r_addend;
5503 goto final_link_relocate;
5505 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5506 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5507 if (! info->shared)
5508 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5509 else
5510 relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
5512 addend = rel->r_addend;
5513 goto final_link_relocate;
5515 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5517 int indx;
5518 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5519 bfd_byte *loc;
5521 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5523 if (! info->shared || info->pie)
5525 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5526 addend = rel->r_addend;
5527 goto final_link_relocate;
5530 if (sreloc == NULL)
5532 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
5533 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5534 if (sreloc == NULL)
5535 return FALSE;
5538 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5539 indx = 0;
5540 else
5541 indx = h->dynindx;
5543 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5544 + input_section->output_offset
5545 + rel->r_offset);
5546 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5547 if (indx == 0)
5548 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5549 else
5550 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5552 loc = sreloc->contents;
5553 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5554 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5555 continue;
5559 relocation_done:
5560 if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5561 && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5563 /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols. */
5564 if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5566 if (info->shared)
5568 info->callbacks->einfo
5569 (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5570 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5571 return FALSE;
5573 else
5574 info->callbacks->einfo
5575 (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5576 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5579 elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
5582 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5584 switch (r)
5586 default:
5587 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5588 abort ();
5589 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5591 const char *name;
5593 if (h != NULL)
5594 name = NULL;
5595 else
5597 name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5598 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5599 if (name == NULL)
5600 return FALSE;
5601 if (*name == '\0')
5602 name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5604 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5605 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5606 (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
5607 rel->r_offset)))
5608 return FALSE;
5610 break;
5615 return TRUE;
5618 /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5619 which uses sh_elf_relocate_section. */
5621 static bfd_byte *
5622 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5623 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5624 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5625 bfd_byte *data,
5626 bfd_boolean relocatable,
5627 asymbol **symbols)
5629 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5630 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5631 bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5632 asection **sections = NULL;
5633 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5634 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5636 /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5637 particular set of section contents, specially. */
5638 if (relocatable
5639 || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5640 return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5641 link_order, data,
5642 relocatable,
5643 symbols);
5645 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5647 memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5648 (size_t) input_section->size);
5650 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5651 && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5653 asection **secpp;
5654 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5655 bfd_size_type amt;
5657 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5658 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5659 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
5660 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5661 goto error_return;
5663 if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5665 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5666 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5667 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5668 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5669 NULL, NULL, NULL);
5670 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5671 goto error_return;
5674 amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5675 amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5676 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5677 if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5678 goto error_return;
5680 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5681 for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5683 asection *isec;
5685 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5686 isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5687 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5688 isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5689 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5690 isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5691 else
5692 isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5694 *secpp = isec;
5697 if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5698 input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5699 isymbuf, sections))
5700 goto error_return;
5702 if (sections != NULL)
5703 free (sections);
5704 if (isymbuf != NULL
5705 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5706 free (isymbuf);
5707 if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5708 free (internal_relocs);
5711 return data;
5713 error_return:
5714 if (sections != NULL)
5715 free (sections);
5716 if (isymbuf != NULL
5717 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5718 free (isymbuf);
5719 if (internal_relocs != NULL
5720 && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5721 free (internal_relocs);
5722 return NULL;
5725 /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5726 when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5727 This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
5729 static bfd_vma
5730 dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5732 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5733 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5734 return 0;
5735 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5738 /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32.. */
5740 static bfd_vma
5741 tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5743 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5744 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5745 return 0;
5746 /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5747 structure which has 2 pointer fields. */
5748 return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5749 + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5750 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5753 static asection *
5754 sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5755 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5756 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5757 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5758 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5760 if (h != NULL)
5761 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5763 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5764 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5765 return NULL;
5768 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5771 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
5773 static bfd_boolean
5774 sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5775 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5777 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5778 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5779 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5780 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5781 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
5783 if (info->relocatable)
5784 return TRUE;
5786 elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
5788 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5789 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5790 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5791 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
5793 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5794 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
5796 unsigned long r_symndx;
5797 unsigned int r_type;
5798 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5799 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5800 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
5801 #endif
5803 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5804 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5806 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5807 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5808 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5810 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5811 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5812 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5814 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5815 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
5816 #endif
5817 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5819 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5820 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
5821 if (p->sec == sec)
5823 /* Everything must go for SEC. */
5824 *pp = p->next;
5825 break;
5829 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5830 switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL))
5832 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5833 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
5834 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
5835 break;
5837 case R_SH_GOT32:
5838 case R_SH_GOT20:
5839 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5840 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5841 case R_SH_GOTPC:
5842 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5843 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5844 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5845 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5846 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5847 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5848 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5849 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
5850 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
5851 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
5852 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
5853 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
5854 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
5855 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
5856 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
5857 #endif
5858 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5859 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5860 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5861 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5862 if (h != NULL)
5864 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5865 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5867 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5868 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5869 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5870 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5872 else
5873 #endif
5874 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5875 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5877 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5879 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5880 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5882 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5883 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5885 else
5886 #endif
5887 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5888 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5890 break;
5892 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5893 if (h != NULL)
5894 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount -= 1;
5895 else if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
5896 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5898 /* Fall through. */
5900 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5901 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5902 if (h != NULL)
5903 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount -= 1;
5904 else
5905 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount -= 1;
5906 break;
5908 case R_SH_DIR32:
5909 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared
5910 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5911 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5912 /* Fall thru */
5914 case R_SH_REL32:
5915 if (info->shared)
5916 break;
5917 /* Fall thru */
5919 case R_SH_PLT32:
5920 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5921 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
5922 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
5923 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
5924 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
5925 #endif
5926 if (h != NULL)
5928 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5929 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5931 break;
5933 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5934 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5935 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
5936 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
5937 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
5938 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
5939 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
5940 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
5941 #endif
5942 if (h != NULL)
5944 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5945 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5946 if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
5948 eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1;
5949 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5950 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5952 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5953 else if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5955 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5956 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5958 #endif
5959 else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5960 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5962 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5964 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5965 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5967 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5968 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5970 else
5971 #endif
5972 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5973 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5975 break;
5977 default:
5978 break;
5982 return TRUE;
5985 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
5987 static void
5988 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5989 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5990 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5992 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5994 edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5995 eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
5997 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5999 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
6001 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
6002 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6004 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
6005 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
6006 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
6008 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q;
6010 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
6011 if (q->sec == p->sec)
6013 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
6014 q->count += p->count;
6015 *pp = p->next;
6016 break;
6018 if (q == NULL)
6019 pp = &p->next;
6021 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
6024 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
6025 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
6027 edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
6028 eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
6029 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6030 edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
6031 eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
6032 #endif
6033 edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
6034 eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
6035 edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
6036 eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
6038 if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6039 && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
6041 edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
6042 eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
6045 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
6046 && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
6048 /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
6049 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
6050 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
6051 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
6052 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
6053 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
6054 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
6056 else
6057 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
6060 static int
6061 sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
6062 int is_local)
6064 if (info->shared)
6065 return r_type;
6067 switch (r_type)
6069 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6070 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6071 if (is_local)
6072 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6073 return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
6074 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6075 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6078 return r_type;
6081 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
6082 Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
6083 virtual table relocs for gc. */
6085 static bfd_boolean
6086 sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
6087 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
6089 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6090 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6091 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6092 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6093 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
6094 asection *sreloc;
6095 unsigned int r_type;
6096 int got_type, old_got_type;
6098 sreloc = NULL;
6100 if (info->relocatable)
6101 return TRUE;
6103 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
6105 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6106 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
6108 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6109 if (htab == NULL)
6110 return FALSE;
6112 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
6113 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
6115 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6116 unsigned long r_symndx;
6117 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6118 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
6119 #endif
6121 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6122 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
6124 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6125 h = NULL;
6126 else
6128 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6129 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6130 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6132 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6133 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
6134 #endif
6135 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6139 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
6140 if (! info->shared
6141 && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
6142 && h != NULL
6143 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
6144 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6145 && (h->dynindx == -1
6146 || h->def_regular))
6147 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6149 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6150 switch (r_type)
6152 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6153 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6154 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6155 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6156 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6157 if (h != NULL)
6159 if (h->dynindx == -1)
6160 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
6162 case STV_INTERNAL:
6163 case STV_HIDDEN:
6164 break;
6165 default:
6166 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
6167 break;
6170 break;
6173 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6174 if (htab->sgot == NULL)
6176 switch (r_type)
6178 case R_SH_DIR32:
6179 /* This may require an rofixup. */
6180 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
6181 break;
6182 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6183 case R_SH_GOT32:
6184 case R_SH_GOT20:
6185 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
6186 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
6187 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6188 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6189 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6190 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6191 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6192 case R_SH_GOTPC:
6193 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6194 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6195 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6196 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6197 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6198 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6199 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6200 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6201 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6202 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6203 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6204 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6205 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6206 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
6207 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
6208 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
6209 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
6210 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
6211 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
6212 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
6213 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
6214 #endif
6215 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6216 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6217 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6218 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6219 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6220 if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
6221 return FALSE;
6222 break;
6224 default:
6225 break;
6229 switch (r_type)
6231 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6232 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6233 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6234 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6235 return FALSE;
6236 break;
6238 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6239 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6240 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
6241 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
6242 if (h != NULL
6243 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
6244 return FALSE;
6245 break;
6247 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6248 if (info->shared)
6249 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
6251 /* FALLTHROUGH */
6252 force_got:
6253 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6254 case R_SH_GOT32:
6255 case R_SH_GOT20:
6256 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6257 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6258 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6259 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6260 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6261 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6262 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6263 #endif
6264 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6265 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6266 switch (r_type)
6268 default:
6269 got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
6270 break;
6271 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6272 got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
6273 break;
6274 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6275 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6276 break;
6277 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6278 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6279 got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
6280 break;
6283 if (h != NULL)
6285 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6286 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
6288 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
6289 = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6291 eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
6293 else
6294 #endif
6295 h->got.refcount += 1;
6296 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6298 else
6300 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
6302 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
6303 symbol. */
6304 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
6305 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6307 bfd_size_type size;
6309 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6310 size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
6311 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6312 /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
6313 codelabel local GOT offsets. */
6314 size *= 2;
6315 #endif
6316 size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6317 local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
6318 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
6319 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6320 return FALSE;
6321 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
6322 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6323 /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
6324 GOT offsets. */
6325 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6326 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6327 #else
6328 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6329 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6330 #endif
6332 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6333 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
6334 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
6335 else
6336 #endif
6337 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
6338 old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
6341 /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
6342 there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */
6343 if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
6344 && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
6346 if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
6347 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6348 else
6350 if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6351 && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
6352 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6353 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6354 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6355 else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
6356 || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6357 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6358 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6359 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6360 else
6361 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6362 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
6363 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6364 return FALSE;
6368 if (old_got_type != got_type)
6370 if (h != NULL)
6371 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
6372 else
6373 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
6376 break;
6378 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6379 sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
6380 break;
6382 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6383 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6384 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6385 if (rel->r_addend)
6387 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6388 (_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
6389 abfd);
6390 return FALSE;
6393 if (h == NULL)
6395 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
6397 /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol. */
6398 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
6399 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6401 bfd_size_type size;
6403 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
6404 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6405 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
6406 size *= 2;
6407 #endif
6408 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6409 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6410 return FALSE;
6411 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
6413 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
6415 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6417 if (!info->shared)
6418 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6419 else
6420 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6423 else
6425 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
6426 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6427 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
6429 /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
6430 there should not be any non-FDPIC references. */
6431 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6432 if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
6434 if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
6435 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6436 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6437 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6438 else
6439 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6440 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6441 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6444 break;
6446 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6447 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6448 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6449 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6450 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6451 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6452 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6453 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6454 #endif
6455 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6456 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6458 if (h == NULL
6459 || h->forced_local
6460 || ! info->shared
6461 || info->symbolic
6462 || h->dynindx == -1)
6463 goto force_got;
6465 h->needs_plt = 1;
6466 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6467 ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
6469 break;
6471 case R_SH_PLT32:
6472 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6473 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
6474 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
6475 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
6476 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
6477 #endif
6478 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
6479 actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
6480 because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
6481 never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
6482 don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
6483 after all. */
6485 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6486 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6487 if (h == NULL)
6488 continue;
6490 if (h->forced_local)
6491 break;
6493 h->needs_plt = 1;
6494 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6495 break;
6497 case R_SH_DIR32:
6498 case R_SH_REL32:
6499 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6500 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
6501 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
6502 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
6503 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
6504 #endif
6505 if (h != NULL && ! info->shared)
6507 h->non_got_ref = 1;
6508 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6511 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
6512 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
6513 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
6514 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
6515 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
6516 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
6517 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
6518 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
6519 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
6520 later (it is never cleared). We account for that
6521 possibility below by storing information in the
6522 dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
6523 situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
6524 visibility changes render the symbol local.
6526 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
6527 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
6528 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
6529 symbol. */
6530 if ((info->shared
6531 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6532 && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
6533 || (h != NULL
6534 && (! info->symbolic
6535 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6536 || !h->def_regular))))
6537 || (! info->shared
6538 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6539 && h != NULL
6540 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6541 || !h->def_regular)))
6543 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6544 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head;
6546 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6547 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6549 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6550 reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
6551 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
6552 if (sreloc == NULL)
6554 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
6555 (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
6557 if (sreloc == NULL)
6558 return FALSE;
6561 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
6562 relocations we need for this symbol. */
6563 if (h != NULL)
6564 head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6565 else
6567 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */
6568 asection *s;
6569 void *vpp;
6570 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6572 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
6573 abfd, r_symndx);
6574 if (isym == NULL)
6575 return FALSE;
6577 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6578 if (s == NULL)
6579 s = sec;
6581 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
6582 head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6585 p = *head;
6586 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
6588 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
6589 p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
6590 if (p == NULL)
6591 return FALSE;
6592 p->next = *head;
6593 *head = p;
6594 p->sec = sec;
6595 p->count = 0;
6596 p->pc_count = 0;
6599 p->count += 1;
6600 if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
6601 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6602 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
6603 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
6604 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
6605 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
6606 #endif
6608 p->pc_count += 1;
6611 /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
6612 If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
6613 fixup. */
6614 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
6615 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
6616 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6617 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6618 break;
6620 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
6621 if (info->shared && !info->pie)
6623 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6624 (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
6625 abfd);
6626 return FALSE;
6629 break;
6631 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
6632 /* Nothing to do. */
6633 break;
6635 default:
6636 break;
6640 return TRUE;
6643 #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
6644 static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
6646 static bfd_boolean
6647 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
6649 flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6651 if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table))
6652 return FALSE;
6654 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
6655 return FALSE;
6657 bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
6659 return TRUE;
6663 /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
6664 Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
6665 return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
6666 Return -1 if no match is found. */
6669 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
6671 int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
6673 for (; i>0; i--)
6674 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
6675 return i;
6677 /* shouldn't get here */
6678 BFD_FAIL();
6680 return -1;
6682 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
6684 #ifndef sh_elf_set_private_flags
6685 /* Function to keep SH specific file flags. */
6687 static bfd_boolean
6688 sh_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
6690 BFD_ASSERT (! elf_flags_init (abfd)
6691 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
6693 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
6694 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
6695 return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd);
6697 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_private_flags */
6699 #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
6700 /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
6702 static bfd_boolean
6703 sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
6705 /* Copy object attributes. */
6706 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
6708 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6709 return TRUE;
6711 /* Copy the stack size. */
6712 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr && elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr
6713 && fdpic_object_p (ibfd) && fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6715 unsigned i;
6717 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6718 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6720 Elf_Internal_Phdr *iphdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i];
6722 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6723 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6725 memcpy (&elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i], iphdr, sizeof (*iphdr));
6727 /* Rewrite the phdrs, since we're only called after they
6728 were first written. */
6729 if (bfd_seek (obfd,
6730 (bfd_signed_vma) get_elf_backend_data (obfd)
6731 ->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
6732 || get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->s
6733 ->write_out_phdrs (obfd, elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr,
6734 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum) != 0)
6735 return FALSE;
6736 break;
6739 break;
6743 return sh_elf_set_private_flags (obfd, elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags);
6745 #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
6747 #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
6749 /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
6750 corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags. */
6753 sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
6755 extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
6756 unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
6758 return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
6761 /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
6762 calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility. */
6764 static bfd_boolean
6765 sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6767 extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *);
6769 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6770 return TRUE;
6772 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
6774 /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file. */
6775 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
6776 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
6777 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6778 if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
6779 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
6782 if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd))
6784 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
6785 "with instructions used in previous modules",
6786 ibfd);
6787 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6788 return FALSE;
6791 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6792 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
6793 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6795 if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6797 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects",
6798 ibfd);
6799 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6800 return FALSE;
6803 return TRUE;
6805 #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
6807 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
6808 as the specific tdata. We set also the machine architecture from flags
6809 here. */
6811 static bfd_boolean
6812 sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
6814 if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
6815 return FALSE;
6817 return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
6818 == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
6821 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6822 dynamic sections here. */
6824 static bfd_boolean
6825 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6826 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6827 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6829 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6831 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6832 if (htab == NULL)
6833 return FALSE;
6835 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6837 asection *splt;
6838 asection *sgotplt;
6839 asection *srelplt;
6841 bfd_vma plt_index;
6842 bfd_vma got_offset;
6843 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6844 bfd_byte *loc;
6845 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6847 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
6848 it up. */
6850 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6852 splt = htab->splt;
6853 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
6854 srelplt = htab->srelplt;
6855 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
6857 /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
6858 corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
6859 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
6860 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
6861 plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
6863 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
6864 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
6865 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
6867 /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
6868 corresponds to this function. */
6869 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6870 /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
6871 before the end of .got.plt. Each descriptor is eight
6872 bytes. */
6873 got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
6874 else
6875 /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes. The first three are
6876 reserved. */
6877 got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
6879 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6880 if (info->shared)
6881 got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6882 #endif
6884 /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
6885 memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6886 plt_info->symbol_entry,
6887 plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6889 if (info->shared || htab->fdpic_p)
6891 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6893 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6894 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6895 splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6896 h->plt.offset
6897 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6898 BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6900 else
6901 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
6902 (splt->contents
6903 + h->plt.offset
6904 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6906 else
6908 BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6910 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6911 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6912 + sgotplt->output_offset
6913 + got_offset),
6914 (splt->contents
6915 + h->plt.offset
6916 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6917 if (htab->vxworks_p)
6919 unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6920 int distance;
6922 /* Divide the PLT into groups. The first group contains
6923 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6924 PLTS_PER_4K entries. Entries in the first group can
6925 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6926 to the last element of the previous group. */
6927 /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6928 the common resolver stub. */
6929 reachable_plts = ((4096
6930 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6931 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6932 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6933 plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6934 if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6935 distance = -(h->plt.offset
6936 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6937 else
6938 distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6939 * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6941 /* Install the 'bra' with this offset. */
6942 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6943 0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6944 (splt->contents
6945 + h->plt.offset
6946 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6948 else
6949 install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
6950 splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6951 (splt->contents
6952 + h->plt.offset
6953 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6956 /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt. */
6957 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6958 if (info->shared)
6959 got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6960 #endif
6961 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6962 got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6964 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6965 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6966 plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6967 (splt->contents
6968 + h->plt.offset
6969 + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6971 /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
6972 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6973 (splt->output_section->vma
6974 + splt->output_offset
6975 + h->plt.offset
6976 + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6977 sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6978 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6979 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6980 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
6981 htab->splt->output_section),
6982 sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6984 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
6985 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6986 + sgotplt->output_offset
6987 + got_offset);
6988 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6989 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6990 else
6991 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6992 rel.r_addend = 0;
6993 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6994 rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6995 #endif
6996 loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6997 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6999 if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
7001 /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
7002 Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation. */
7003 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
7004 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7006 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
7007 for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry. */
7008 rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
7009 + htab->splt->output_offset
7010 + h->plt.offset
7011 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
7012 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7013 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
7014 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7015 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7017 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
7018 the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt. */
7019 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7020 + sgotplt->output_offset
7021 + got_offset);
7022 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7023 rel.r_addend = 0;
7024 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7027 if (!h->def_regular)
7029 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
7030 the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
7031 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
7035 if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7036 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
7037 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
7038 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
7040 asection *sgot;
7041 asection *srelgot;
7042 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7043 bfd_byte *loc;
7045 /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
7046 up. */
7048 sgot = htab->sgot;
7049 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7050 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7052 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7053 + sgot->output_offset
7054 + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7056 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7057 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7058 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7059 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7060 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
7061 if (info->shared
7062 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7064 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7066 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7067 int dynindx
7068 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7070 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7071 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7072 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7074 else
7076 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7077 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7078 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7079 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7082 else
7084 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
7085 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7086 rel.r_addend = 0;
7089 loc = srelgot->contents;
7090 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7091 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7094 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7096 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
7098 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
7099 if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7101 asection *sgot;
7102 asection *srelgot;
7103 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7104 bfd_byte *loc;
7106 /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
7107 Set it up. */
7109 sgot = htab->sgot;
7110 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7111 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7113 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7114 + sgot->output_offset
7115 + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7117 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7118 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7119 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7120 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7121 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
7122 if (info->shared
7123 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7125 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7127 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7128 int dynindx
7129 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7131 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7132 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7133 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7135 else
7137 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7138 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7139 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7140 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7143 else
7145 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
7146 + eh->datalabel_got.offset);
7147 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7148 rel.r_addend = 0;
7151 loc = srelgot->contents;
7152 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7153 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7156 #endif
7158 if (h->needs_copy)
7160 asection *s;
7161 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7162 bfd_byte *loc;
7164 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
7166 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
7167 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7168 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
7170 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
7171 ".rela.bss");
7172 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7174 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
7175 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7176 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7177 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
7178 rel.r_addend = 0;
7179 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7180 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7183 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks,
7184 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
7185 ".got" section. */
7186 if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
7187 || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
7188 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
7190 return TRUE;
7193 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
7195 static bfd_boolean
7196 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7198 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
7199 asection *sgotplt;
7200 asection *sdyn;
7202 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7203 if (htab == NULL)
7204 return FALSE;
7206 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
7207 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
7209 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
7211 asection *splt;
7212 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
7214 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
7216 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
7217 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
7218 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
7220 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
7221 asection *s;
7222 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7223 const char *name;
7224 #endif
7226 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
7228 switch (dyn.d_tag)
7230 default:
7231 if (htab->vxworks_p
7232 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
7233 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7234 break;
7236 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7237 case DT_INIT:
7238 name = info->init_function;
7239 goto get_sym;
7241 case DT_FINI:
7242 name = info->fini_function;
7243 get_sym:
7244 if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
7246 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7248 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
7249 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
7250 if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
7252 dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
7253 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7256 break;
7257 #endif
7259 case DT_PLTGOT:
7260 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
7261 s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
7262 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
7263 + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
7264 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7265 break;
7267 case DT_JMPREL:
7268 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7269 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7270 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
7271 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7272 break;
7274 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
7275 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7276 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7277 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
7278 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7279 break;
7281 case DT_RELASZ:
7282 /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
7283 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
7284 included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA). This is
7285 what Solaris does. However, UnixWare can not handle
7286 that case. Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry
7287 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since
7288 the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
7289 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
7290 about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
7291 if (htab->srelplt != NULL)
7293 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7294 dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
7296 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7297 break;
7301 /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
7302 splt = htab->splt;
7303 if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
7305 unsigned int i;
7307 memcpy (splt->contents,
7308 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
7309 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
7310 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
7311 if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
7312 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
7313 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7314 + sgotplt->output_offset
7315 + (i * 4)),
7316 (splt->contents
7317 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
7319 if (htab->vxworks_p)
7321 /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents. */
7322 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7323 bfd_byte *loc;
7325 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
7326 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
7327 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
7328 rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
7329 + splt->output_offset
7330 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
7331 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7332 rel.r_addend = 8;
7333 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7334 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7336 /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
7337 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
7338 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
7339 output. */
7340 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
7342 /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot. */
7343 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7344 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
7345 R_SH_DIR32);
7346 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7347 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7349 /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt. */
7350 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7351 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
7352 R_SH_DIR32);
7353 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7354 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7358 /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
7359 really seem like the right value. */
7360 elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7364 /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
7365 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
7367 if (sdyn == NULL)
7368 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
7369 else
7370 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
7371 sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
7372 sgotplt->contents);
7373 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
7374 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
7377 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
7378 elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7380 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
7381 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
7383 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
7384 bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
7385 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7386 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
7388 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
7390 /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups. */
7391 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
7394 if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
7395 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7396 == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
7398 if (htab->srelgot)
7399 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7400 == htab->srelgot->size);
7402 return TRUE;
7405 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
7406 sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
7408 switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
7410 case R_SH_RELATIVE:
7411 return reloc_class_relative;
7412 case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
7413 return reloc_class_plt;
7414 case R_SH_COPY:
7415 return reloc_class_copy;
7416 default:
7417 return reloc_class_normal;
7421 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7422 /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections. */
7424 static bfd_boolean
7425 elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7427 int offset;
7428 unsigned int size;
7430 switch (note->descsz)
7432 default:
7433 return FALSE;
7435 case 168: /* Linux/SH */
7436 /* pr_cursig */
7437 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7439 /* pr_pid */
7440 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
7442 /* pr_reg */
7443 offset = 72;
7444 size = 92;
7446 break;
7449 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7450 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7451 size, note->descpos + offset);
7454 static bfd_boolean
7455 elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7457 switch (note->descsz)
7459 default:
7460 return FALSE;
7462 case 124: /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
7463 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7464 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
7465 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7466 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
7469 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7470 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7471 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7474 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7475 int n = strlen (command);
7477 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7478 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7481 return TRUE;
7483 #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7486 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
7487 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
7489 static bfd_vma
7490 sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
7491 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7493 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
7495 plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
7496 return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
7499 /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
7500 shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section. */
7502 static bfd_boolean
7503 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7504 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7505 asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7507 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7509 /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general. */
7510 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7511 return FALSE;
7513 return TRUE;
7516 /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output. */
7518 static bfd_byte
7519 sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
7520 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7521 asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
7522 asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
7523 bfd_vma *encoded)
7525 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7526 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7528 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
7529 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
7530 loc_offset, encoded);
7532 h = htab->root.hgot;
7533 BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
7535 if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7536 == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
7537 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
7538 loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
7540 BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7541 == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
7542 (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
7544 *encoded = osec->vma + offset
7545 - (h->root.u.def.value
7546 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7547 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7549 return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
7552 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7553 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_sh_vec
7554 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh"
7555 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shl_vec
7556 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl"
7557 #endif
7559 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_sh
7560 #define ELF_TARGET_ID SH_ELF_DATA
7561 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SH
7562 #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
7563 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7564 #else
7565 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x80
7566 #endif
7568 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7570 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
7571 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7572 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
7573 #define elf_info_to_howto sh_elf_info_to_howto
7574 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section
7575 #define elf_backend_relocate_section sh_elf_relocate_section
7576 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
7577 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
7578 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject sh_elf_mkobject
7579 #define elf_backend_object_p sh_elf_object_p
7580 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_bfd_flags \
7581 sh_elf_set_private_flags
7582 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
7583 sh_elf_copy_private_data
7584 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
7585 sh_elf_merge_private_data
7587 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
7588 #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook
7589 #define elf_backend_check_relocs sh_elf_check_relocs
7590 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
7591 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
7592 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
7593 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7594 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7595 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
7596 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
7597 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7598 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
7599 sh_elf_always_size_sections
7600 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
7601 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
7602 #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
7603 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
7604 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
7605 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
7606 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
7607 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class sh_elf_reloc_type_class
7608 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val sh_elf_plt_sym_val
7609 #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
7610 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7611 #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
7612 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7613 #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
7614 sh_elf_encode_eh_address
7616 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
7617 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
7618 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
7619 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
7620 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
7621 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
7623 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7625 #include "elf32-target.h"
7627 /* NetBSD support. */
7628 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7629 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shnbsd_vec
7630 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7631 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-nbsd"
7632 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7633 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlnbsd_vec
7634 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7635 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-nbsd"
7636 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7637 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
7638 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7639 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7640 #define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
7641 #undef elf32_bed
7642 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
7644 #include "elf32-target.h"
7647 /* Linux support. */
7648 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7649 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shblin_vec
7650 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7651 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-linux"
7652 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7653 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlin_vec
7654 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7655 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-linux"
7656 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7657 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
7659 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7660 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
7661 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7662 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
7663 #undef elf32_bed
7664 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_lin_bed
7666 #include "elf32-target.h"
7669 /* FDPIC support. */
7670 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7671 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec
7672 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7673 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
7674 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7675 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
7676 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7677 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-fdpic"
7678 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7679 #define elf_backend_modify_program_headers \
7680 sh_elf_modify_program_headers
7682 #undef elf32_bed
7683 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_fd_bed
7685 #include "elf32-target.h"
7687 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7689 /* VxWorks support. */
7690 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7691 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec
7692 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7693 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-vxworks"
7694 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7695 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
7696 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7697 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-vxworks"
7698 #undef elf32_bed
7699 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
7701 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7702 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
7703 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7704 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7705 #define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
7706 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7707 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7708 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7709 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7710 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7711 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7712 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7713 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
7714 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7715 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
7716 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7717 elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7718 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7719 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7720 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7722 #include "elf32-target.h"
7724 #endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */